# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Mandy Choy , 2023 # Benson , 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "庫存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " "management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" " lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " "drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收據" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交貨單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "內部轉帳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " "that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " "delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "倉庫管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " "more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* " "`__." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " "make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " "line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" "Shipping*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " "the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "建立銷售訂單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " "button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" " the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " "the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " "*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " "that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " "steps before shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " "warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" " *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" " Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" " you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " "which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " "part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " "output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " "warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" " *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " "another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " "which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "入庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " "move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the " "hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the " "location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " "of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " "control step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " "the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " "two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " "(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods " "reception" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " "with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " "quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three " "steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," " three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " "document:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps " "strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the " "warehouse input area" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " "previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be " "processed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality " "control area" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone msgid "" "View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the " "stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " "reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " "you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" " stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " "routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " "will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " "in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " "confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " "your purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" " picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " "products to *Stock*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " "are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " "validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, " "damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must" " be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts " "in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are " "currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22 msgid "Add a new line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" "To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in " "the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" "At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the " "quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted " "Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" "To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on " "the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If " ":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered " "before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46 msgid "" "If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the " "database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted " "Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" "If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the" " database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When " ":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away." " In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment," " product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in " "the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted " "quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before" " applying the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Plan counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70 msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be " "accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by " "opening the column options icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78 msgid "" "In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are " "scheduled for today or earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" "To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` and fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product" " line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On " "Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the " "database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" "By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for" " the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the " "default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual " "Inventory Day and Month` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " "default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " "for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " "businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 msgid "" "The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " "counting more often at key locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " "defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " "activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 msgid "Change the inventory frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 msgid "" "To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " "clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " "the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " "every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " "`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" " to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " "location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " "the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介紹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration Dates" msgstr "到期日" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " "managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " "selling expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " "dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid "" "To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " "Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 msgid "" "Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " "form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 msgid "" "Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " "without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " "each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " "and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " "each lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " "lot/serial number received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" " each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " "Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " "user defined on the Product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 msgid "" "When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " "updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " "on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "過期通知" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" " pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " "their respective alert dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " "will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " "Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " "After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "作業類型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " "default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " "using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " "inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " "when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " "automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " "last movement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " "product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " "number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " "number to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " "column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" " need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" " number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " "information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " "been used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "雜項操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " "can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " "in the Odoo Inventory app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" "to the batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" " locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " "list view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " "*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " "too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" "of a batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " "application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " "to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "計劃" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " "and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" " scheduled dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " "all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" " scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When" " the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " "adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " "date is set on the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " "Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" " automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " "configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into " "account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" "by Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "客戶前置時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "安全時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " "based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " "confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " "April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " "of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " "Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "製造前置時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" " deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " "July is June 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " "Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "產品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " "Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " "differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " "automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" " strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " "processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " "a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " "from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " "*regardless of the current stock level*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " "generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " "MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " "confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" " Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " "stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " "automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized and should be used for this purpose only." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " "every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " "rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " ":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "" "The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" " a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " "open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " "reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " "changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " "manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" "To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " "button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" " stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " "rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" "A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" " the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" "A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" " a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " "document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " "reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" "Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " "products, the route is hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 msgid "" "Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " "to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " "and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" " in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " "(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " ":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " "is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" "house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " "to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " "for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " "supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " "activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " "of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " "conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" " only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " "sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" " line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " "`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" " reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" " since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." " Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" " that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " "the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " "Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" " inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " "to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72 msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " "However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78 msgid "" "After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " "automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "重訂貨規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " ":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " "of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " "form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " "for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" " purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " "product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" " can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" " (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " "corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " "product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" " delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110 msgid "" "For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " "its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" " of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "度量單位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" " stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " "supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone msgid "" "Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase " "UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different " "units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective " "delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to " "be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21 msgid "" "For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet" " (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a " "purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity " "in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates" " a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the " "quantity in feet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30 msgid "" "A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, " "its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the " "quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make " "sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid "" "On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by " "setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. " "Repeat for each package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone msgid "Separate delivery into different packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone msgid "Separate delivery package details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "包裝" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a " "product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a " "pallet for the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase " "orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and " "units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while " "UoMs are generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone msgid "Different product packaging examples." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone msgid "Package field on purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67 msgid "" "Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode" " of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in " "the packing on the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" " \\*multi-step routes\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rstNone msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in an Odoo database's settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " "resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " "indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " "I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" " my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " "the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "標準價格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Operation" msgstr "製程" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "單位成本" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "庫存價值" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "8" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€80" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "€120" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 msgid "€20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "€40" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " "based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "平均價格" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "€12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€144" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€24" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "€9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "€36" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€32" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "€11" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "€44" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " "accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " "is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " "recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " ":ref:`developer mode ` and open your accounting settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "供應商應付憑單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "\\" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Credit" msgstr "貸方" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "50" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "客戶應收憑單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "100" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 msgid "9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 msgid "109" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "製造訂單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "X" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Anglo-Saxon會計" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " "always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" " users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " "configuration & testing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " "owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " "Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " "clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " "information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "地點" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one " "warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be" " simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes " "with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse" " transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" "The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred " "to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the" " user has already configured their second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17 msgid "" "To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another " "one, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement " "operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three " "vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select " ":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in" " this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` " "(in this case, the second warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark " "as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the " ":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve " "the number of products in the source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned" " Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal " "transfer operation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Open the desired transfer order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" "Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation " "details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually" " set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone msgid "" "View of a backorder pop-up window because all products are not moved at the " "same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" "To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't " "be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a " "*backorder* should be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70 msgid "" "Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be " "processed later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 msgid "" "Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be " "supplied/received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " "need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" " this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " "from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " "multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " "create." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" " + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " "warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" " A+B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " "Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " "information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" " uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " "received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " "because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26 msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " "products should be stored in different locations depending on several " "factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " "and so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 msgid "" "In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" " the following sub-locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49 msgid "" "Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " "rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " "redirected to the right storage location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " "package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " "Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "Take the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" "If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" " redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63 msgid "" "If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " "redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65 msgid "" "If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " "be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "" "If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Using Storage Categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 msgid "" "A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89 msgid "Create a Storage Category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" " purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " "depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " "the *Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " "product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" " goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " "expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " "closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " "Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "" ":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" "To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " "products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " "three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " ":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" " the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " "orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " "Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " "of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " ":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " ":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " "after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" " strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" " in the stock for the longest period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" "Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " "(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " "Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " "transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " "three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " ":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" " the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " "orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " ":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" "Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" " Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " "is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " "and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " "other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" " case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " "<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " "numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " "15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " "of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" " July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " "the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " "transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" " closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " "removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "" "The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " "bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " "This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" "To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " "either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " "activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " "that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" " if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" " to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " "the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " "the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" "Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " "three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 msgid "" "As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " "sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " ":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " "have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " "mostly used for products without a shelf life." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 msgid "" "In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid "" "Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" " products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 msgid "" "Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " "in many countries!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 msgid "" "With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " "products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " "case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "" "For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 msgid "" "By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " "to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " "used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " "be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" "To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" "For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " "them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" "When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" " reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" " :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "送貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "交貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "" "When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" " accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " "information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "製造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing " "orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to" " control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger " "maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Alternative Work Centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" "Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work " "center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, " "employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of " "waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility " "on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. " "This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent " "ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14 msgid "" "This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is" " optimised." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19 msgid "" "First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two " "new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first " "one and vice versa." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your " "product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41 msgid "Create your Work Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43 msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit " ":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and " "plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list " "view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49 msgid "" "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " "one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as " "shown below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone msgid "Work order creation and scheduling." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57 msgid "" "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" " may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" " usual one is free." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "創建一個物料清單." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 msgid "Set up a bill of baterials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, " "but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials " "(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`" " applications need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product," " go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this" " allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation " "under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other " "parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These" " components require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then" " click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the " "previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to " ":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make " "sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." " These are products that contain other products as components and therefore " "require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-" "configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for" " cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, " "list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of " "Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any " ":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of " "Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents," " refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " "saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " ":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" " setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " ":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 msgid "" "Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " "components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " ":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " "visible, activate it from the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" " below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 msgid "Quality Control" msgstr "品質管理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 msgid "" "Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " "production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " "stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 msgid "" "To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " "Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " "create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " "Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " "products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " "well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 msgid "" "Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " "Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " "type. For the rest, the same principles apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 msgid "" "By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " "product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" " be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " "can be set up for the same Operation Type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "庫存計價" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "跟：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "手動補貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "採購" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " "and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " "replenishments and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高級" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " "blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " "deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " "company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " "products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " "times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " "is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" "Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " "vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " "legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " "or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " "among several vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" "Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " "the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " "Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " "for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " "the:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" "Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " "*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" " blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " "one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " "you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" "Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " "which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" " purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " "automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" "filled in with that information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " "independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " "requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " "quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" " of agreement*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 msgid "Set up a blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." " Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " "The other fields aren't mandatory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 msgid "" "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " "also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" " your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " "you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" " only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " "agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " "*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " "to be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 msgid "" "You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " "it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " "quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" " order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " "product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 msgid "" "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " "that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" " to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 msgid "" "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," " a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" " in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." " Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" " mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " "agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " "tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" " tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " "their best quote." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 msgid "" "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " "agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 msgid "" "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " "Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" " tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " "configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " "it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " "for each vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 msgid "" "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " "their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " "click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 msgid "" "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " "vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " "click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " "You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " "purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " "either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " "at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 msgid "" "With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " "the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" " if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " "fraudulent vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 msgid "" "As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " "policy for all the products created onwards." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 msgid "" "By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " "as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " "used to generate the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 msgid "" "If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" " you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " "quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" " to create one without having received any product, you get an error " "message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " "the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " "policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" " *Other Information* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 msgid "" "Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " "are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 msgid "**Billing status**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 msgid "*(Not applicable)*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "*Waiting Bills*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "*Fully Billed*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" " matching*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 msgid "" "3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " "received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 msgid "" "With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " "Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 msgid "" "As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " "you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " "received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " "when you create one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " "or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" " means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " "to have done so." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " "Paid* status is set to *No*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 msgid "" "The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " "change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " "on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " "automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone msgid "Set the product type in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" "As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " "*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " "multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " "rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " "isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " "minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" "If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " "specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " "another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " "purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " "for different quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone msgid "Add vendor to a product in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " "*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" " in the image above. For more information, see " ":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " "your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" " route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " "select *Dropship*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone msgid "Choose product routes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 msgid "Set up your reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone msgid "Reordering rules button on a product in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 msgid "" "Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " "presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " "fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " "to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " "orders included." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 msgid "Define quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 msgid "" "You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " "if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " "route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " "minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " "order for example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 msgid "" "If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " "replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 msgid "" "If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" " for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " "The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " "rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " "of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " "select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " "go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " "multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " "respect the set quantity multiple." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone msgid "Create a reordering rule in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 msgid "" "If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " "tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " "clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " "Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr ""